Fossil

Diff
Login

Differences From Artifact [41362018ff]:

To Artifact [552b58d650]:


220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.6"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008006
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2014-07-01 11:54:02 21981e35062cc6b30e9576786cbf55265a7a4d41"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros







|







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.6"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008006
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2014-07-31 18:54:01 1e5489faff093d6a8e538061e45532f9050e9459"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155

2156

2157


2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168

2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175

2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever

** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread

** or process has locked.


**
** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.

** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.

** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,







|
>
|
>
|
>
>








|

|
>

|




|
>







2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
** [database connection] D when another thread
** or process has the table locked.
** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
**
** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for the same locking event.  ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned
** to the application.
** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] to the application instead of invoking the 
** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206

2207
2208
2209
2210

2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
** this is important.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]

** will also set or clear the busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions

** result in undefined behavior.
** 
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);








>
|


|
>







2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
** this is important.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
** 
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);

2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234


2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^


*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
**
** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.







>
>







2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
**
** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
**
** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822







4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841





4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
**
** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.







**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
** thread.
** It is intended that this variable be set once
** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
** thereafter.
**
** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.





**
** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
**
** <blockquote><pre>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>



















>
>
>
>
>







4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
**
** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
** neither read nor write this variable.  This global variable is a relic
** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
** be avoided in new projects.
**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
** thread.
** It is intended that this variable be set once
** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
** thereafter.
**
** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to.  If
** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
** objects have been destroyed.
**
** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979


5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2


** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction







|


|
>
>







5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182



6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */




/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.







>
>
>







6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277

6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22

#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    22

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for







>
|







6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    23

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260



7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277




7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
** configured by this function.
**
** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.



**
** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
** pages.  The use of this interface
** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
** for a particular application.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.




**
** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]







>
>
>

















>
>
>
>







7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
** configured by this function.
**
** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.
**
** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
**
** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
** pages.  The use of this interface
** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
** for a particular application.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface initiates a
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE] checkpoint.
** Use the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface to get a FULL
** or RESET checkpoint.
**
** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300

7301
7302
7303

7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311

7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
** eMode parameter:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.

**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no

**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
**   but not database readers.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)

**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
**   but not database readers.
** </dl>
**
** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in







|
>


|
>







|
>







7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
** eMode parameter:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]
**   is never invoked.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
**   This mode blocks (it invokes the
**   [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
**   but not database readers.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the 
**   [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback])
**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
**   but not database readers.
** </dl>
**
** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291

9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310

9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335

9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371

9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385

9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
#define OP_IfNot          45
#define OP_Column         46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
#define OP_Affinity       47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
#define OP_MakeRecord     48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
#define OP_Count          49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
#define OP_ReadCookie     50
#define OP_SetCookie      51
#define OP_OpenRead       52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenWrite      53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */

#define OP_OpenAutoindex  54 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral  55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_SorterOpen     56
#define OP_OpenPseudo     57 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
#define OP_Close          58
#define OP_SeekLT         59
#define OP_SeekLE         60
#define OP_SeekGE         61
#define OP_SeekGT         62
#define OP_Seek           63 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2]                     */
#define OP_NoConflict     64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotFound       65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Found          66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotExists      67 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
#define OP_Sequence       68 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
#define OP_NewRowid       69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Insert         70 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
#define OP_Or             71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
#define OP_And            72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */

#define OP_InsertInt      73 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
#define OP_Delete         74
#define OP_ResetCount     75
#define OP_IsNull         76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_NotNull        77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_Ne             78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Eq             79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Gt             80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Le             81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Lt             82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Ge             83 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterCompare  84 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_BitAnd         85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
#define OP_BitOr          86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
#define OP_ShiftLeft      87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
#define OP_ShiftRight     88 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
#define OP_Add            89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
#define OP_Subtract       90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
#define OP_Multiply       91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
#define OP_Divide         92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
#define OP_Remainder      93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
#define OP_Concat         94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_SorterData     95 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_BitNot         96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */

#define OP_RowKey         98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
#define OP_RowData        99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       101
#define OP_Last          102
#define OP_SorterSort    103
#define OP_Sort          104
#define OP_Rewind        105
#define OP_SorterInsert  106
#define OP_IdxInsert     107 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_IdxRowid      109 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_IdxLE         110 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGT         111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxLT         112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGE         113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Destroy       114
#define OP_Clear         115
#define OP_ResetSorter   116
#define OP_CreateIndex   117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_CreateTable   118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_ParseSchema   119
#define OP_LoadAnalysis  120
#define OP_DropTable     121
#define OP_DropIndex     122
#define OP_DropTrigger   123
#define OP_IntegrityCk   124
#define OP_RowSetAdd     125 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
#define OP_RowSetRead    126 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */
#define OP_RowSetTest    127 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
#define OP_Program       128
#define OP_Param         129
#define OP_FkCounter     130 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
#define OP_FkIfZero      131 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */
#define OP_MemMax        132 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
#define OP_Real          133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */

#define OP_IfPos         134 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2               */
#define OP_IfNeg         135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2               */
#define OP_IfZero        136 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2   */
#define OP_AggFinal      137 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
#define OP_IncrVacuum    138
#define OP_Expire        139
#define OP_TableLock     140 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
#define OP_VBegin        141
#define OP_VCreate       142
#define OP_ToText        143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT                         */
#define OP_ToBlob        144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB                         */
#define OP_ToNumeric     145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC                      */
#define OP_ToInt         146 /* same as TK_TO_INT                          */
#define OP_ToReal        147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL                         */

#define OP_VDestroy      148
#define OP_VOpen         149
#define OP_VColumn       150 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
#define OP_VNext         151
#define OP_VRename       152
#define OP_Pagecount     153
#define OP_MaxPgcnt      154
#define OP_Init          155 /* synopsis: Start at P2                      */
#define OP_Noop          156
#define OP_Explain       157


/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */







|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<


>
|
|
<








|










|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<

>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<





>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|







9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346

9347
9348
9349
9350
9351

9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408

9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418

9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
#define OP_IfNot          45
#define OP_Column         46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
#define OP_Affinity       47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
#define OP_MakeRecord     48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
#define OP_Count          49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
#define OP_ReadCookie     50
#define OP_SetCookie      51
#define OP_ReopenIdx      52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenRead       53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenWrite      54 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenAutoindex  55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral  56 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_SorterOpen     57
#define OP_OpenPseudo     58 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
#define OP_Close          59
#define OP_SeekLT         60 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekLE         61 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekGE         62 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_SeekGT         63 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Seek           64 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2]                     */
#define OP_NoConflict     65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotFound       66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Found          67 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_NotExists      68 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
#define OP_Sequence       69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
#define OP_NewRowid       70 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */

#define OP_Or             71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
#define OP_And            72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
#define OP_Insert         73 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
#define OP_InsertInt      74 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
#define OP_Delete         75

#define OP_IsNull         76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_NotNull        77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
#define OP_Ne             78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Eq             79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Gt             80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Le             81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Lt             82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_Ge             83 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */
#define OP_ResetCount     84
#define OP_BitAnd         85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
#define OP_BitOr          86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
#define OP_ShiftLeft      87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
#define OP_ShiftRight     88 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
#define OP_Add            89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
#define OP_Subtract       90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
#define OP_Multiply       91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
#define OP_Divide         92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
#define OP_Remainder      93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
#define OP_Concat         94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_SorterCompare  95 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_BitNot         96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
#define OP_SorterData     98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_RowKey         99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
#define OP_RowData       100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         101 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       102
#define OP_Last          103
#define OP_SorterSort    104
#define OP_Sort          105
#define OP_Rewind        106
#define OP_SorterInsert  107
#define OP_IdxInsert     108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     109 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_IdxRowid      110 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_IdxLE         111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGT         112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxLT         113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_IdxGE         114 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
#define OP_Destroy       115
#define OP_Clear         116
#define OP_ResetSorter   117
#define OP_CreateIndex   118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_CreateTable   119 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
#define OP_ParseSchema   120
#define OP_LoadAnalysis  121
#define OP_DropTable     122
#define OP_DropIndex     123
#define OP_DropTrigger   124
#define OP_IntegrityCk   125
#define OP_RowSetAdd     126 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
#define OP_RowSetRead    127 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */
#define OP_RowSetTest    128 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
#define OP_Program       129
#define OP_Param         130
#define OP_FkCounter     131 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
#define OP_FkIfZero      132 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */

#define OP_Real          133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
#define OP_MemMax        134 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
#define OP_IfPos         135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2               */
#define OP_IfNeg         136 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2               */
#define OP_IfZero        137 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2   */
#define OP_AggFinal      138 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
#define OP_IncrVacuum    139
#define OP_Expire        140
#define OP_TableLock     141 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
#define OP_VBegin        142

#define OP_ToText        143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT                         */
#define OP_ToBlob        144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB                         */
#define OP_ToNumeric     145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC                      */
#define OP_ToInt         146 /* same as TK_TO_INT                          */
#define OP_ToReal        147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL                         */
#define OP_VCreate       148
#define OP_VDestroy      149
#define OP_VOpen         150
#define OP_VColumn       151 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
#define OP_VNext         152
#define OP_VRename       153
#define OP_Pagecount     154
#define OP_MaxPgcnt      155
#define OP_Init          156 /* synopsis: Start at P2                      */
#define OP_Noop          157
#define OP_Explain       158


/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*   8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\
/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08,\
/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c,\
/*  72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\
/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\
/*  96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\
/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01,\
/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15,\
/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x02, 0x05, 0x05,\
/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
** for a description of what each of these routines does.







|
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|







9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*   8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\
/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\
/*  64 */ 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x4c,\
/*  72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\
/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\
/*  96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45,\
/* 128 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x05,\
/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 152 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
** for a description of what each of these routines does.
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936



10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
#endif
  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */



  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */







>
>
>







10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
10976
10977
10978
10979
10980
10981
10982
10983
10984
10985
#endif
  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
  LogEst costMult;     /* Cost multiplier for using this table */
#endif
  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
11589
11590
11591
11592
11593
11594
11595

11596
11597
11598
11599
11600
11601
11602
#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
#define WHERE_AND_ONLY         0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */
#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */
#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */


/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
*/
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */







>







11631
11632
11633
11634
11635
11636
11637
11638
11639
11640
11641
11642
11643
11644
11645
#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
#define WHERE_AND_ONLY         0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */
#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */
#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
#define WHERE_REOPEN_IDX       0x1000 /* Try to use OP_ReopenIdx */

/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
*/
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */
11845
11846
11847
11848
11849
11850
11851
11852





11853
11854





11855
11856
11857
11858
11859
11860
11861
  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
};

/*
** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
  typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;





#else
  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;





#endif

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**







|
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>







11888
11889
11890
11891
11892
11893
11894
11895
11896
11897
11898
11899
11900
11901
11902
11903
11904
11905
11906
11907
11908
11909
11910
11911
11912
11913
11914
  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
};

/*
** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
  typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8];
# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0)
# define DbMaskZero(M)      memset((M),0,sizeof(M))
# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7))
# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)
# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0)
#else
  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
# define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0)
# define DbMaskZero(M)      (M)=0
# define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I))
# define DbMaskAllZero(M)   (M)==0
# define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (M)!=0
#endif

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
12520
12521
12522
12523
12524
12525
12526



12527
12528
12529
12530
12531
12532
12533

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
#endif




SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
#else







>
>
>







12573
12574
12575
12576
12577
12578
12579
12580
12581
12582
12583
12584
12585
12586
12587
12588
12589

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
#endif

#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
#else
12770
12771
12772
12773
12774
12775
12776

12777
12778
12779
12780
12781
12782
12783

SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);







>







12826
12827
12828
12829
12830
12831
12832
12833
12834
12835
12836
12837
12838
12839
12840

SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
12799
12800
12801
12802
12803
12804
12805
12806
12807
12808
12809
12810
12811
12812
12813
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
#else
# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);







|







12856
12857
12858
12859
12860
12861
12862
12863
12864
12865
12866
12867
12868
12869
12870
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
#else
# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8);

SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
13874
13875
13876
13877
13878
13879
13880



13881
13882
13883
13884
13885
13886
13887
13888

13889
13890
13891
13892
13893
13894
13895
  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */



  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isOrdered:1;     /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */

  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the







>
>
>








>







13931
13932
13933
13934
13935
13936
13937
13938
13939
13940
13941
13942
13943
13944
13945
13946
13947
13948
13949
13950
13951
13952
13953
13954
13955
13956
  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 seekOp;            /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */
#endif
  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isOrdered:1;     /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;        /* Root page of the open btree cursor */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
18394
18395
18396
18397
18398
18399
18400
18401
18402
18403
18404
18405
18406
18407
18408
}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;







|







18455
18456
18457
18458
18459
18460
18461
18462
18463
18464
18465
18466
18467
18468
18469
}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;
18575
18576
18577
18578
18579
18580
18581
18582
18583
18584
18585
18586
18587
18588
18589

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
  switch( id ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;







|







18636
18637
18638
18639
18640
18641
18642
18643
18644
18645
18646
18647
18648
18649
18650

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 - 1];
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
  switch( id ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;
18772
18773
18774
18775
18776
18777
18778
18779
18780
18781
18782



18783
18784
18785
18786
18787
18788
18789
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM



** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does







|



>
>
>







18833
18834
18835
18836
18837
18838
18839
18840
18841
18842
18843
18844
18845
18846
18847
18848
18849
18850
18851
18852
18853
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
18804
18805
18806
18807
18808
18809
18810



18811
18812
18813
18814
18815
18816
18817
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {



    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
  };







>
>
>







18868
18869
18870
18871
18872
18873
18874
18875
18876
18877
18878
18879
18880
18881
18882
18883
18884
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
  };
19039
19040
19041
19042
19043
19044
19045
19046
19047
19048
19049





















































































































































































































19050
19051
19052
19053
19054
19055
19056
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
*/

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN





















































































































































































































/*
** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
*/
/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/
/*
** 2013 November 25







|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







19106
19107
19108
19109
19110
19111
19112
19113
19114
19115
19116
19117
19118
19119
19120
19121
19122
19123
19124
19125
19126
19127
19128
19129
19130
19131
19132
19133
19134
19135
19136
19137
19138
19139
19140
19141
19142
19143
19144
19145
19146
19147
19148
19149
19150
19151
19152
19153
19154
19155
19156
19157
19158
19159
19160
19161
19162
19163
19164
19165
19166
19167
19168
19169
19170
19171
19172
19173
19174
19175
19176
19177
19178
19179
19180
19181
19182
19183
19184
19185
19186
19187
19188
19189
19190
19191
19192
19193
19194
19195
19196
19197
19198
19199
19200
19201
19202
19203
19204
19205
19206
19207
19208
19209
19210
19211
19212
19213
19214
19215
19216
19217
19218
19219
19220
19221
19222
19223
19224
19225
19226
19227
19228
19229
19230
19231
19232
19233
19234
19235
19236
19237
19238
19239
19240
19241
19242
19243
19244
19245
19246
19247
19248
19249
19250
19251
19252
19253
19254
19255
19256
19257
19258
19259
19260
19261
19262
19263
19264
19265
19266
19267
19268
19269
19270
19271
19272
19273
19274
19275
19276
19277
19278
19279
19280
19281
19282
19283
19284
19285
19286
19287
19288
19289
19290
19291
19292
19293
19294
19295
19296
19297
19298
19299
19300
19301
19302
19303
19304
19305
19306
19307
19308
19309
19310
19311
19312
19313
19314
19315
19316
19317
19318
19319
19320
19321
19322
19323
19324
19325
19326
19327
19328
19329
19330
19331
19332
19333
19334
19335
19336
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32.
*/

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c *************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE

/* 
** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
** high-performance timing routines.
*/
/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 May 27
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_

/*
** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
** profiling.
*/
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))

  #if defined(__GNUC__)

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
     unsigned int lo, hi;
     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
  }

  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)

  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
     __asm {
        rdtsc
        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
     }
  }

  #endif

#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
      unsigned long val;
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
      return val;
  }
 
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))

  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
      unsigned long long retval;
      unsigned long junk;
      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
                  mftb    %L0\n\
                  mftbu   %0\n\
                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
                  bne     1b"
                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
      return retval;
  }

#else

  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.

  /*
  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
  ** least compile and run.
  */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }

#endif

#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */

/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/

static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/

/*
** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
*/
/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/
/*
** 2013 November 25
19122
19123
19124
19125
19126
19127
19128
19129
19130
19131
19132
19133
19134
19135
19136
19137
19138
19139
19140
19141
19142
19143
19144
19145
19146
19147
19148
19149
19150
19151
19152
19153
19154
19155
19156
19157
19158
19159
19160


19161
19162
19163
19164
19165
19166
19167
19168

19169
19170
19171

19172
19173
19174
19175
19176
19177
19178
19179
19180
19181
19182
19183
19184
19185
19186
19187
19188
19189
19190
19191
19192
19193

19194
19195
19196

19197
19198
19199
19200
19201
19202
19203
19204
19205
19206
19207



19208
19209
19210
19211
19212
19213
19214

19215


19216
19217
19218
19219
19220
19221
19222

19223
19224
19225
19226
19227
19228
19229
19230
19231
19232
19233
19234
19235
19236
19237

19238
19239
19240
19241
19242
19243
19244
19245
19246
19247
19248
19249
19250
19251
19252
19253
19254
19255
19256
19257
19258
19259
19260
19261
19262
19263
19264
19265
19266
19267
19268
19269
19270
19271
19272
19273
19274
19275
19276



19277
19278
19279
19280
19281
19282
19283

/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
#endif

/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
** on a win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call


** the LockFileEx() API.
**
** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
** this out as well.
*/

#if 0
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
# define mutexIsNT()  (1)

#else
  static int mutexIsNT(void){
    static int osType = 0;
    if( osType==0 ){
      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return osType==2;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}

static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}

static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif


/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {



  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;


/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
** strictly necessary.
*/
static LONG winMutex_lock = 0;


SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){ 
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
#else
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
#endif
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{

    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM



** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does







|












|


<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

>
|
|
|
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|










>



>

|




<



|
>
>
>







>

>
>
|
|
|
<

|

>


|












>
|




|


|
|










|














|



>
>
>







19402
19403
19404
19405
19406
19407
19408
19409
19410
19411
19412
19413
19414
19415
19416
19417
19418
19419
19420
19421
19422
19423
19424






19425
19426








19427
19428
19429






19430
19431
19432
19433
19434
19435
19436










19437
19438
19439
19440
19441
19442
19443
19444
19445
19446
19447
19448
19449
19450
19451
19452
19453
19454
19455
19456
19457
19458

19459
19460
19461
19462
19463
19464
19465
19466
19467
19468
19469
19470
19471
19472
19473
19474
19475
19476
19477
19478
19479

19480
19481
19482
19483
19484
19485
19486
19487
19488
19489
19490
19491
19492
19493
19494
19495
19496
19497
19498
19499
19500
19501
19502
19503
19504
19505
19506
19507
19508
19509
19510
19511
19512
19513
19514
19515
19516
19517
19518
19519
19520
19521
19522
19523
19524
19525
19526
19527
19528
19529
19530
19531
19532
19533
19534
19535
19536
19537
19538
19539
19540
19541
19542
19543
19544
19545
19546
19547
19548

/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
#endif

/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
** on a Win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  volatile int trace;        /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};







/*








** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
** on Win32.  It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
** on the Win32 platform.






*/
#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \
                                    0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else










#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}

static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}

static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif


/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */

/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.

*/
static LONG volatile winMutex_lock = 0;

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
#else
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
#endif
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{
    /* Another thread is (in the process of) initializing the static
    ** mutexes */
    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

static int winMutexEnd(void){
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
19292
19293
19294
19295
19296
19297
19298
19299
19300
19301
19302
19303
19304
19305
19306
19307
19308
19309
19310
19311
19312



19313
19314
19315
19316
19317
19318
19319
19320
19321
19322
19323
19324
19325

19326
19327
19328



19329
19330
19331
19332
19333
19334
19335
19336
19337
19338
19339
19340
19341
19342
19343

19344
19345


19346
19347
19348
19349
19350
19351
19352
19353
19354
19355
19356
19357
19358
19359
19360
19361
19362
19363



19364


19365

19366
19367
19368
19369
19370
19371

19372
19373
19374
19375

19376
19377
19378
19379
19380

19381
19382
19383
19384
19385
19386
19387
19388
19389
19390
19391
19392



19393



19394

19395
19396

19397
19398
19399
19400
19401
19402
19403

19404
19405
19406
19407
19408
19409
19410
19411
19412
19413
19414
19415
19416
19417
19418



19419
19420
19421
19422
19423
19424

19425
19426
19427

19428
19429
19430
19431
19432
19433
19434
19435
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){  
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        p->id = iType;



#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );

      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      p->id = iType;



#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );

  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );


  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 



  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );


#endif

  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
  p->owner = tid; 
  p->nRef++;
  if( p->trace ){

    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}

static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;

  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
  /*
  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
  ** fail.  
  **
  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
  ** ticket #2685.
  */



#if 0



  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){

    p->owner = tid;
    p->nRef++;

    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){

    printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();



  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( p->owner==tid );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif

  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){

    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    winMutexInit,







|










|


>
>
>










<


>



>
>
>















>


>
>
















|
|
>
>
>

>
>

>



|


>
|



>

|
|


>




|







>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>


>






|
>
|












|

>
>
>






>



>
|







19557
19558
19559
19560
19561
19562
19563
19564
19565
19566
19567
19568
19569
19570
19571
19572
19573
19574
19575
19576
19577
19578
19579
19580
19581
19582
19583
19584
19585
19586
19587
19588
19589
19590

19591
19592
19593
19594
19595
19596
19597
19598
19599
19600
19601
19602
19603
19604
19605
19606
19607
19608
19609
19610
19611
19612
19613
19614
19615
19616
19617
19618
19619
19620
19621
19622
19623
19624
19625
19626
19627
19628
19629
19630
19631
19632
19633
19634
19635
19636
19637
19638
19639
19640
19641
19642
19643
19644
19645
19646
19647
19648
19649
19650
19651
19652
19653
19654
19655
19656
19657
19658
19659
19660
19661
19662
19663
19664
19665
19666
19667
19668
19669
19670
19671
19672
19673
19674
19675
19676
19677
19678
19679
19680
19681
19682
19683
19684
19685
19686
19687
19688
19689
19690
19691
19692
19693
19694
19695
19696
19697
19698
19699
19700
19701
19702
19703
19704
19705
19706
19707
19708
19709
19710
19711
19712
19713
19714
19715
19716
19717
19718
19719
19720
19721
19722
19723
19724
19725
19726
19727
19728
19729
19730
19731
19732
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
        p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {

      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
      p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
#else
  assert( p );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
  p->owner = tid;
  p->nRef++;
  if( p->trace ){
    OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
             tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
  }
#endif
}

static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  assert( p );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
  /*
  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
  ** fail.
  **
  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
  ** ticket #2685.
  */
#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 );
  if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){
    winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt();
  }
  assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 );
  if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    p->owner = tid;
    p->nRef++;
#endif
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n",
             tid, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
  assert( p );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( p->owner==tid );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
             tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
  }
#endif
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    winMutexInit,
19443
19444
19445
19446
19447
19448
19449
19450
19451
19452

19453
19454
19455
19456
19457
19458
19459
    winMutexHeld,
    winMutexNotheld
#else
    0,
    0
#endif
  };

  return &sMutex;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */

/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**







<


>







19740
19741
19742
19743
19744
19745
19746

19747
19748
19749
19750
19751
19752
19753
19754
19755
19756
    winMutexHeld,
    winMutexNotheld
#else
    0,
    0
#endif
  };

  return &sMutex;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */

/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
22420
22421
22422
22423
22424
22425
22426
22427
22428
22429

22430
22431
22432
22433
22434
22435
22436
    testcase( c==(-1) );
    testcase( c==0 );
    testcase( c==(+1) );
  }
  return c;
}


/*
** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.

**
** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
**
** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.







<

|
>







22717
22718
22719
22720
22721
22722
22723

22724
22725
22726
22727
22728
22729
22730
22731
22732
22733
    testcase( c==(-1) );
    testcase( c==0 );
    testcase( c==(+1) );
  }
  return c;
}


/*
** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.  zNum must be decimal. This
** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
**
** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
**
** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
22509
22510
22511
22512
22513
22514
22515
22516
22517
































22518
22519


22520
22521
22522
22523
22524
22525
22526
22527
22528
22529
22530
22531
22532
22533
22534







22535











22536
22537
22538
22539
22540
22541
22542
      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
      return neg ? 0 : 2;
    }
  }
}

/*
































** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.


**
** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
** input number to be zero-terminated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;
  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
    zNum++;
  }







  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;











  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
    v = v*10 + c;
  }

  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
  **
  **             1234567890









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







22806
22807
22808
22809
22810
22811
22812
22813
22814
22815
22816
22817
22818
22819
22820
22821
22822
22823
22824
22825
22826
22827
22828
22829
22830
22831
22832
22833
22834
22835
22836
22837
22838
22839
22840
22841
22842
22843
22844
22845
22846
22847
22848
22849
22850
22851
22852
22853
22854
22855
22856
22857
22858
22859
22860
22861
22862
22863
22864
22865
22866
22867
22868
22869
22870
22871
22872
22873
22874
22875
22876
22877
22878
22879
22880
22881
22882
22883
22884
22885
22886
22887
22888
22889
22890
22891
      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
      return neg ? 0 : 2;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
** into a 64-bit signed integer.  This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not.
**
** Returns:
**
**     0    Successful transformation.  Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.
**     1    Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
**     2    Special case of 9223372036854775808
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
  if( z[0]=='0'
   && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X')
   && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2])
  ){
    u64 u = 0;
    int i, k;
    for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){}
    for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){
      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]);
    }
    memcpy(pOut, &u, 8);
    return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 1;
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */
  {
    return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
  }
}

/*
** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
**
** This routine accepts both decimal and hexadecimal notation for integers.
**
** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
** input number to be zero-terminated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;
  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
    zNum++;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
  else if( zNum[0]=='0'
        && (zNum[1]=='x' || zNum[1]=='X')
        && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[2])
  ){
    u32 u = 0;
    zNum += 2;
    while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
    for(i=0; sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i]) && i<8; i++){
      u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(zNum[i]);
    }
    if( (u&0x80000000)==0 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i])==0 ){
      memcpy(pValue, &u, 4);
      return 1;
    }else{
      return 0;
    }
  }
#endif
  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
    v = v*10 + c;
  }

  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
  **
  **             1234567890
23604
23605
23606
23607
23608
23609
23610

23611
23612
23613
23614
23615
23616
23617
23618
23619
23620
23621
23622
23623
23624
23625
23626
23627
23628
23629
23630
23631

23632
23633
23634
23635
23636
23637
23638
23639
23640
23641
23642
23643
23644
23645
23646
23647
23648
23649
23650
23651
23652
23653
23654
23655
23656

23657
23658
23659
23660
23661
23662
23663
23664
23665
23666
23667
23668
23669
23670
23671
23672
23673
23674
23675
23676
23677
23678
23679
23680
23681
23682
23683
23684
23685
23686
23687
23688
23689
23690
23691
23692

23693
23694
23695
23696
23697
23698
23699
23700
23701
23702
23703
23704
23705
23706

23707
23708
23709
23710
23711
23712
23713
23714
23715
23716
23717
23718
23719
23720
23721
23722
23723
     /*  45 */ "IfNot"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  46 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
     /*  47 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
     /*  48 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
     /*  49 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
     /*  50 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  51 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),

     /*  52 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  53 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  54 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
     /*  55 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
     /*  56 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  57 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
     /*  58 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  59 */ "SeekLT"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  60 */ "SeekLE"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  61 */ "SeekGE"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  62 */ "SeekGT"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  63 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"),
     /*  64 */ "NoConflict"       OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  65 */ "NotFound"         OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  66 */ "Found"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  67 */ "NotExists"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
     /*  68 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
     /*  69 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /*  70 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
     /*  71 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
     /*  72 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),

     /*  73 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
     /*  74 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
     /*  75 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  76 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
     /*  77 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
     /*  78 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  79 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  80 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  81 */ "Le"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  82 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  83 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  84 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
     /*  85 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
     /*  86 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
     /*  87 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
     /*  88 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
     /*  89 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
     /*  90 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
     /*  91 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
     /*  92 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
     /*  93 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
     /*  94 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
     /*  95 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
     /*  96 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
     /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),

     /*  98 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
     /*  99 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
     /* 100 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /* 101 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 102 */ "Last"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 103 */ "SorterSort"       OpHelp(""),
     /* 104 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 105 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 106 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp(""),
     /* 107 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
     /* 108 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
     /* 109 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /* 110 */ "IdxLE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 111 */ "IdxGT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 112 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 113 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 114 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 115 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 116 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 117 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
     /* 118 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
     /* 119 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 120 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
     /* 121 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 122 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 123 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 124 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 125 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
     /* 126 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
     /* 127 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
     /* 128 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 129 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 130 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
     /* 131 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
     /* 132 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
     /* 133 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),

     /* 134 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"),
     /* 135 */ "IfNeg"            OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"),
     /* 136 */ "IfZero"           OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"),
     /* 137 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
     /* 138 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
     /* 139 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 140 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
     /* 141 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 142 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 143 */ "ToText"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 144 */ "ToBlob"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 145 */ "ToNumeric"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 146 */ "ToInt"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 147 */ "ToReal"           OpHelp(""),

     /* 148 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
     /* 149 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 150 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
     /* 151 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 152 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 153 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 154 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
     /* 155 */ "Init"             OpHelp("Start at P2"),
     /* 156 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 157 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
  };
  return azName[i];
}
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/







>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<


>
|
|
<








|










|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<

>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<





>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|







23953
23954
23955
23956
23957
23958
23959
23960
23961
23962
23963
23964
23965
23966
23967
23968
23969
23970
23971
23972
23973
23974
23975
23976
23977
23978

23979
23980
23981
23982
23983

23984
23985
23986
23987
23988
23989
23990
23991
23992
23993
23994
23995
23996
23997
23998
23999
24000
24001
24002
24003
24004
24005
24006
24007
24008
24009
24010
24011
24012
24013
24014
24015
24016
24017
24018
24019
24020
24021
24022
24023
24024
24025
24026
24027
24028
24029
24030
24031
24032
24033
24034
24035
24036
24037
24038
24039
24040

24041
24042
24043
24044
24045
24046
24047
24048
24049
24050

24051
24052
24053
24054
24055
24056
24057
24058
24059
24060
24061
24062
24063
24064
24065
24066
24067
24068
24069
24070
24071
24072
24073
     /*  45 */ "IfNot"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  46 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
     /*  47 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
     /*  48 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
     /*  49 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
     /*  50 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  51 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
     /*  52 */ "ReopenIdx"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  53 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  54 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
     /*  55 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
     /*  56 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
     /*  57 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  58 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
     /*  59 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
     /*  60 */ "SeekLT"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  61 */ "SeekLE"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  62 */ "SeekGE"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  63 */ "SeekGT"           OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  64 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"),
     /*  65 */ "NoConflict"       OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  66 */ "NotFound"         OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  67 */ "Found"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /*  68 */ "NotExists"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
     /*  69 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
     /*  70 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),

     /*  71 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
     /*  72 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
     /*  73 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
     /*  74 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
     /*  75 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),

     /*  76 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
     /*  77 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
     /*  78 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  79 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  80 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  81 */ "Le"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  82 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  83 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"),
     /*  84 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
     /*  85 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
     /*  86 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
     /*  87 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
     /*  88 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
     /*  89 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
     /*  90 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
     /*  91 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
     /*  92 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
     /*  93 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
     /*  94 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
     /*  95 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
     /*  96 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
     /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
     /*  98 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
     /*  99 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
     /* 100 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
     /* 101 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /* 102 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 103 */ "Last"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 104 */ "SorterSort"       OpHelp(""),
     /* 105 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 106 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 107 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp(""),
     /* 108 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
     /* 109 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
     /* 110 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
     /* 111 */ "IdxLE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 112 */ "IdxGT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 113 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 114 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
     /* 115 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 116 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 117 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 118 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
     /* 119 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
     /* 120 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 121 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
     /* 122 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 123 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 124 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 125 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
     /* 126 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
     /* 127 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
     /* 128 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
     /* 129 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 130 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 131 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
     /* 132 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),

     /* 133 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
     /* 134 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
     /* 135 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"),
     /* 136 */ "IfNeg"            OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"),
     /* 137 */ "IfZero"           OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"),
     /* 138 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
     /* 139 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
     /* 140 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 141 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
     /* 142 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),

     /* 143 */ "ToText"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 144 */ "ToBlob"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 145 */ "ToNumeric"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 146 */ "ToInt"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 147 */ "ToReal"           OpHelp(""),
     /* 148 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 149 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
     /* 150 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 151 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
     /* 152 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
     /* 153 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
     /* 154 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
     /* 155 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
     /* 156 */ "Init"             OpHelp("Start at P2"),
     /* 157 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
     /* 158 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
  };
  return azName[i];
}
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
32064
32065
32066
32067
32068
32069
32070
32071
32072
32073
32074
32075
32076
32077
32078
32079
32080
32081
** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
      defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*







|


|







32414
32415
32416
32417
32418
32419
32420
32421
32422
32423
32424
32425
32426
32427
32428
32429
32430
32431
** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API LONG volatile sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
      defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
static LONG volatile sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*
32697
32698
32699
32700
32701
32702
32703





32704
32705
32706
32707
32708
32709
32710
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)






}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable







>
>
>
>
>







33047
33048
33049
33050
33051
33052
33053
33054
33055
33056
33057
33058
33059
33060
33061
33062
33063
33064
33065
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)

  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG volatile*, \
        LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
32948
32949
32950
32951
32952
32953
32954


32955





32956
32957
32958
32959
32960
32961
32962
32963
32964
32965

32966
32967
32968
32969
32970
32971
32972
32973
32974
32975
32976
32977
#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
# define osIsNT()  (0)
#else


  static int osIsNT(void){





    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
      OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
#else
      OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
#endif

      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;







>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|

|
|
|

>
|
|
|
|
<







33303
33304
33305
33306
33307
33308
33309
33310
33311
33312
33313
33314
33315
33316
33317
33318
33319
33320
33321
33322
33323
33324
33325
33326
33327
33328
33329
33330
33331
33332

33333
33334
33335
33336
33337
33338
33339
#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
# define osIsNT()  (0)
#else
# define osIsNT()  ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt())
#endif

/*
** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows
** based on the NT kernel.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){
  if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){
#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
    OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
    osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
#else
    OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
    osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
#endif
    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
  }
  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
}


#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
37119
37120
37121
37122
37123
37124
37125
37126
37127
37128
37129
37130
37131
37132
37133
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);







|







37481
37482
37483
37484
37485
37486
37487
37488
37489
37490
37491
37492
37493
37494
37495
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==77 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
52811
52812
52813
52814
52815
52816
52817
52818
52819
52820
52821
52822
52823
52824
52825
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
** btreeInitPage().
**







|







53173
53174
53175
53176
53177
53178
53179
53180
53181
53182
53183
53184
53185
53186
53187
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
** btreeInitPage().
**
62352
62353
62354
62355
62356
62357
62358
62359
62360
62361
62362
62363
62364
62365
62366
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
  pParse->aLabel = 0;
  pParse->nLabel = 0;
  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
  assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || p->btreeMask==0 );
}

/*
** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );







|







62714
62715
62716
62717
62718
62719
62720
62721
62722
62723
62724
62725
62726
62727
62728
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
  pParse->aLabel = 0;
  pParse->nLabel = 0;
  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
  assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );
}

/*
** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
62379
62380
62381
62382
62383
62384
62385
62386
62387
62388
62389
62390
62391
62392
62393
** returned program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );

  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
  assert( p->btreeMask==0 );

  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
  *pnOp = p->nOp;
  p->aOp = 0;
  return aOp;
}








|







62741
62742
62743
62744
62745
62746
62747
62748
62749
62750
62751
62752
62753
62754
62755
** returned program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );

  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
  assert( DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) );

  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
  *pnOp = p->nOp;
  p->aOp = 0;
  return aOp;
}

62964
62965
62966
62967
62968
62969
62970
62971
62972
62973
62974
62975
62976
62977
62978
62979
62980
** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
  p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
    p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
  }
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
/*
** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure







|

|







63326
63327
63328
63329
63330
63331
63332
63333
63334
63335
63336
63337
63338
63339
63340
63341
63342
** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
  DbMaskSet(p->btreeMask, i);
  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
    DbMaskSet(p->lockMask, i);
  }
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
/*
** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
62994
62995
62996
62997
62998
62999
63000
63001
63002
63003
63004
63005
63006
63007
63008
63009
63010
63011
63012
63013
63014
63015
63016
63017
63018
63019
63020
63021
63022
63023
63024
63025
63026
63027
63028
63029
63030
63031
63032
63033
63034
63035
63036
63037
63038
63039
** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
** be a problem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  yDbMask mask;
  sqlite3 *db;
  Db *aDb;
  int nDb;
  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
  db = p->db;
  aDb = db->aDb;
  nDb = db->nDb;
  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
    }
  }
}
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
/*
** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  yDbMask mask;
  sqlite3 *db;
  Db *aDb;
  int nDb;
  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
  db = p->db;
  aDb = db->aDb;
  nDb = db->nDb;
  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
    }
  }
}
#endif

#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)







<



|



|
|












<



|



|
|







63356
63357
63358
63359
63360
63361
63362

63363
63364
63365
63366
63367
63368
63369
63370
63371
63372
63373
63374
63375
63376
63377
63378
63379
63380
63381
63382
63383

63384
63385
63386
63387
63388
63389
63390
63391
63392
63393
63394
63395
63396
63397
63398
63399
** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
** be a problem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
  int i;

  sqlite3 *db;
  Db *aDb;
  int nDb;
  if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return;  /* The common case */
  db = p->db;
  aDb = db->aDb;
  nDb = db->nDb;
  for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
    if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
    }
  }
}
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
/*
** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
  int i;

  sqlite3 *db;
  Db *aDb;
  int nDb;
  if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return;  /* The common case */
  db = p->db;
  aDb = db->aDb;
  nDb = db->nDb;
  for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){
    if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
    }
  }
}
#endif

#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
63996
63997
63998
63999
64000
64001
64002
64003
64004
64005
64006
64007
64008
64009
64010
static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
  Vdbe *p;
  int cnt = 0;
  int nWrite = 0;
  int nRead = 0;
  p = db->pVdbe;
  while( p ){
    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
      cnt++;
      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
      if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }
  assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );







|







64356
64357
64358
64359
64360
64361
64362
64363
64364
64365
64366
64367
64368
64369
64370
static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
  Vdbe *p;
  int cnt = 0;
  int nWrite = 0;
  int nRead = 0;
  p = db->pVdbe;
  while( p ){
    if( sqlite3_stmt_busy((sqlite3_stmt*)p) ){
      cnt++;
      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
      if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }
  assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );
64641
64642
64643
64644
64645
64646
64647
64648
64649
64650
64651
64652
64653
64654
64655
*/

/*
** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  int n;

  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)







|







65001
65002
65003
65004
65005
65006
65007
65008
65009
65010
65011
65012
65013
65014
65015
*/

/*
** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  u32 n;

  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
64671
64672
64673
64674
64675
64676
64677

64678
64679
64680
64681
64682
64683
64684
64685
64686
64687
64688
64689
    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
    return 6;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
    return 7;
  }
  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );

  n = pMem->n;
  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
    n += pMem->u.nZero;
  }
  assert( n>=0 );
  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
}

/*
** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){







>
|



<







65031
65032
65033
65034
65035
65036
65037
65038
65039
65040
65041
65042

65043
65044
65045
65046
65047
65048
65049
    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
    return 6;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
    return 7;
  }
  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
  n = (u32)pMem->n;
  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
    n += pMem->u.nZero;
  }

  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
}

/*
** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
67193
67194
67195
67196
67197
67198
67199
67200
67201
67202
67203
67204
67205
67206
67207
}

/*
** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
** are no more.







|







67553
67554
67555
67556
67557
67558
67559
67560
67561
67562
67563
67564
67565
67566
67567
}

/*
** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  return v!=0 && v->pc>=0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
** are no more.
67751
67752
67753
67754
67755
67756
67757
67758
67759
67760
67761
67762
67763
67764
67765
67766
67767
67768
67769
67770
67771
67772


67773
67774
67775
67776
67777
67778
67779
/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
    double rValue;
    i64 iValue;
    u8 enc = pRec->enc;
    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
    if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
      pRec->u.i = iValue;
      pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
    }else{
      pRec->r = rValue;
      pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    }
  }
}



/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:







<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>







68111
68112
68113
68114
68115
68116
68117

68118
68119
68120
68121
68122
68123
68124
68125
68126
68127
68128
68129
68130

68131
68132
68133
68134
68135
68136
68137
68138
68139
/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){

  double rValue;
  i64 iValue;
  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
  if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
  }
}

#define ApplyNumericAffinity(X)  \
   if(((X)->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0){applyNumericAffinity(X);}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
67802
67803
67804
67805
67806
67807
67808
67809
67810
67811
67812
67813
67814
67815
67816
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
    }
    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
    }
  }
}

/*







|







68162
68163
68164
68165
68166
68167
68168
68169
68170
68171
68172
68173
68174
68175
68176
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
    }
    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    ApplyNumericAffinity(pRec);
    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
    }
  }
}

/*
68383
68384
68385
68386
68387
68388
68389
68390
68391
68392
68393
68394
68395


68396
68397
68398
68399
68400
68401
68402
68403
68404
68405
68406
68407
68408
68409
68410
68411
68412
68413


68414
68415
68416
68417
68418
68419
68420
68421
68422
68423
68424
68425
68426
68427
68428
68429
68430

68431

68432


68433

68434
68435
68436
68437
68438
68439
68440
68441
  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Set up register P1 so that it will OP_Yield to the co-routine
** located at address P3.
**
** If P2!=0 then the co-routine implementation immediately follows
** this opcode.  So jump over the co-routine implementation to
** address P2.


*/
case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
**
** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an OP_Yield.
** Jump to the P2 parameter of that OP_Yield.
** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.


*/
case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
  VdbeOp *pCaller;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
**
** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.

**

** If the co-routine ends with OP_Yield or OP_Return then continue


** to the next instruction.  But if the co-routine ends with

** OP_EndCoroutine, jump immediately to P2.
*/
case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
  int pcDest;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;







|


|
|

>
>















|
|

>
>
















|
>

>
|
>
>
|
>
|







68743
68744
68745
68746
68747
68748
68749
68750
68751
68752
68753
68754
68755
68756
68757
68758
68759
68760
68761
68762
68763
68764
68765
68766
68767
68768
68769
68770
68771
68772
68773
68774
68775
68776
68777
68778
68779
68780
68781
68782
68783
68784
68785
68786
68787
68788
68789
68790
68791
68792
68793
68794
68795
68796
68797
68798
68799
68800
68801
68802
68803
68804
68805
68806
68807
68808
68809
68810
  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
** located at address P3.
**
** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows
** this opcode.  So jump over the coroutine implementation to
** address P2.
**
** See also: EndCoroutine
*/
case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
**
** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an Yield.
** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
**
** See also: InitCoroutine
*/
case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
  VdbeOp *pCaller;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
**
** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.  This
** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine.
**
** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with
** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction.  But if
** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with
** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the
** next instruction.
**
** See also: InitCoroutine
*/
case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
  int pcDest;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
69812
69813
69814
69815
69816
69817
69818
69819
69820
69821
69822




69823
69824
69825
69826
69827
69828
69829
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.  In other words,
** this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 (but not including
** P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent times through the loop.




*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{







|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>







70181
70182
70183
70184
70185
70186
70187
70188
70189
70190
70191
70192
70193
70194
70195
70196
70197
70198
70199
70200
70201
70202
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2. 
** Otherwise, set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.
** In other words, this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2
** (but not including P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent
** times through the loop.
**
** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement
** first begins to run.
*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
70650
70651
70652
70653
70654
70655
70656
70657
70658
70659
70660
70661
70662
70663
70664
  Btree *pBt;
  int iMeta;
  int iGen;

  assert( p->bIsReader );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
    goto abort_due_to_error;
  }
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;

  if( pBt ){







|







71023
71024
71025
71026
71027
71028
71029
71030
71031
71032
71033
71034
71035
71036
71037
  Btree *pBt;
  int iMeta;
  int iGen;

  assert( p->bIsReader );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
    goto abort_due_to_error;
  }
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;

  if( pBt ){
70745
70746
70747
70748
70749
70750
70751
70752
70753
70754
70755
70756
70757
70758
70759
70760
70761
70762
70763
70764
70765
70766
70767
70768
70769
70770
70771
70772
70773
70774
70775
70776
70777
70778
70779
70780

  assert( p->bIsReader );
  iDb = pOp->p1;
  iCookie = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );

  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
** database file used to store temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
  Db *pDb;
  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */







|




















|







71118
71119
71120
71121
71122
71123
71124
71125
71126
71127
71128
71129
71130
71131
71132
71133
71134
71135
71136
71137
71138
71139
71140
71141
71142
71143
71144
71145
71146
71147
71148
71149
71150
71151
71152
71153

  assert( p->bIsReader );
  iDb = pOp->p1;
  iCookie = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );

  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
** database file used to store temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
  Db *pDb;
  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
70821
70822
70823
70824
70825
70826
70827
70828














70829
70830
70831
70832
70833
70834
70835
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
**
** See also OpenWrite.














*/
/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
** root page.







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







71194
71195
71196
71197
71198
71199
71200
71201
71202
71203
71204
71205
71206
71207
71208
71209
71210
71211
71212
71213
71214
71215
71216
71217
71218
71219
71220
71221
71222
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
**
** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx
*/
/* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** The ReopenIdx opcode works exactly like ReadOpen except that it first
** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open with a root page
** number of P2 and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op.  In other words,
** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it.
**
** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 and with P4 being
** a P4_KEYINFO object.  Furthermore, the P3 value must be the same as
** every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor number.
**
** See the OpenRead opcode documentation for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
** root page.
70843
70844
70845
70846
70847
70848
70849













70850
70851
70852
70853
70854
70855
70856
70857
70858
70859
70860
70861
70862
70863
70864

70865
70866
70867
70868
70869
70870
70871
70872
70873
70874
70875
70876
70877
70878
70879
70880
70881
70882
70883
**
** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/













case OP_OpenRead:
case OP_OpenWrite: {
  int nField;
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int p2;
  int iDb;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  VdbeCursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;

  assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 );
  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 );
  assert( p->bIsReader );
  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || p->readOnly==0 );


  if( p->expired ){
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
    break;
  }

  nField = 0;
  pKeyInfo = 0;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
  iDb = pOp->p3;
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  pX = pDb->pBt;
  assert( pX!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
    wrFlag = 1;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>














|
>











|







71230
71231
71232
71233
71234
71235
71236
71237
71238
71239
71240
71241
71242
71243
71244
71245
71246
71247
71248
71249
71250
71251
71252
71253
71254
71255
71256
71257
71258
71259
71260
71261
71262
71263
71264
71265
71266
71267
71268
71269
71270
71271
71272
71273
71274
71275
71276
71277
71278
71279
71280
71281
71282
71283
71284
**
** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/
case OP_ReopenIdx: {
  VdbeCursor *pCur;

  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==pOp->p2 ){
    assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 );      /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
    break;
  }
  /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
  ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
}
case OP_OpenRead:
case OP_OpenWrite: {
  int nField;
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int p2;
  int iDb;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  VdbeCursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;

  assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 );
  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 );
  assert( p->bIsReader );
  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx
          || p->readOnly==0 );

  if( p->expired ){
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
    break;
  }

  nField = 0;
  pKeyInfo = 0;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
  iDb = pOp->p3;
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  pX = pDb->pBt;
  assert( pX!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
    wrFlag = 1;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
70914
70915
70916
70917
70918
70919
70920

70921
70922
70923
70924
70925
70926
70927
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  assert( nField>=0 );
  testcase( nField==0 );  /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1);
  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCur->nullRow = 1;
  pCur->isOrdered = 1;

  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor);
  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
  sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR));

  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */







>







71315
71316
71317
71318
71319
71320
71321
71322
71323
71324
71325
71326
71327
71328
71329
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  assert( nField>=0 );
  testcase( nField==0 );  /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1);
  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCur->nullRow = 1;
  pCur->isOrdered = 1;
  pCur->pgnoRoot = p2;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor);
  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
  sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR));

  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */
71068
71069
71070
71071
71072
71073
71074
71075
71076
71077
71078
71079
71080
71081
71082
71083
71084
71085




71086
71087
71088
71089
71090
71091
71092
71093
71094
71095
71096
71097
71098
71099




71100
71101
71102
71103
71104
71105
71106
71107
71108
71109
71110
71111
71112
71113




71114
71115
71116
71117
71118
71119
71120
71121
71122
71123
71124
71125
71126
71127




71128
71129
71130
71131
71132
71133
71134
case OP_Close: {
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */







|










>
>
>
>



|










>
>
>
>



|










>
>
>
>



|










>
>
>
>







71470
71471
71472
71473
71474
71475
71476
71477
71478
71479
71480
71481
71482
71483
71484
71485
71486
71487
71488
71489
71490
71491
71492
71493
71494
71495
71496
71497
71498
71499
71500
71501
71502
71503
71504
71505
71506
71507
71508
71509
71510
71511
71512
71513
71514
71515
71516
71517
71518
71519
71520
71521
71522
71523
71524
71525
71526
71527
71528
71529
71530
71531
71532
71533
71534
71535
71536
71537
71538
71539
71540
71541
71542
71543
71544
71545
71546
71547
71548
71549
71550
71551
71552
case OP_Close: {
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the begining toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the begining toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
71147
71148
71149
71150
71151
71152
71153



71154
71155
71156
71157
71158
71159
71160
71161
71162
71163
71164
71165
71166
  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
  assert( pC->isOrdered );
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  oc = pOp->opcode;
  pC->nullRow = 0;



  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){







>
>
>





|







71565
71566
71567
71568
71569
71570
71571
71572
71573
71574
71575
71576
71577
71578
71579
71580
71581
71582
71583
71584
71585
71586
71587
  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
  assert( pC->isOrdered );
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  oc = pOp->opcode;
  pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    ApplyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
71301
71302
71303
71304
71305
71306
71307




71308
71309
71310
71311
71312
71313
71314
71315
71316
71317
71318
71319
71320
71321
71322




71323
71324
71325
71326
71327
71328
71329
71330
71331
71332
71333
71334
71335
71336
71337
71338
71339
71340
71341




71342
71343
71344
71345
71346
71347
71348
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.




**
** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
** 
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.




**
** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
*/
/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
** 
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2.  If all terms of the
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
** cursor pointing to the matching row.
**
** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.




**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int alreadyExists;







>
>
>
>















>
>
>
>



















>
>
>
>







71722
71723
71724
71725
71726
71727
71728
71729
71730
71731
71732
71733
71734
71735
71736
71737
71738
71739
71740
71741
71742
71743
71744
71745
71746
71747
71748
71749
71750
71751
71752
71753
71754
71755
71756
71757
71758
71759
71760
71761
71762
71763
71764
71765
71766
71767
71768
71769
71770
71771
71772
71773
71774
71775
71776
71777
71778
71779
71780
71781
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
** 
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
*/
/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
** 
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2.  If all terms of the
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
** cursor pointing to the matching row.
**
** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int alreadyExists;
71358
71359
71360
71361
71362
71363
71364



71365
71366
71367
71368
71369
71370
71371
  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
#endif

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );



  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;







>
>
>







71791
71792
71793
71794
71795
71796
71797
71798
71799
71800
71801
71802
71803
71804
71805
71806
71807
  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
#endif

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = 0;
#endif
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
71428
71429
71430
71431
71432
71433
71434




71435
71436
71437
71438
71439
71440
71441
71442
71443
71444
71445
71446
71447
71448



71449
71450
71451
71452
71453
71454
71455
** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  If P1 does contain a record
** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
** through to the next instruction.
**
** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
  u64 iKey;

  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );



  assert( pC->isTable );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  res = 0;
  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);







>
>
>
>














>
>
>







71864
71865
71866
71867
71868
71869
71870
71871
71872
71873
71874
71875
71876
71877
71878
71879
71880
71881
71882
71883
71884
71885
71886
71887
71888
71889
71890
71891
71892
71893
71894
71895
71896
71897
71898
** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  If P1 does contain a record
** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
** through to the next instruction.
**
** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
** in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
** not work following this opcode.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
  u64 iKey;

  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = 0;
#endif
  assert( pC->isTable );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  res = 0;
  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
71804
71805
71806
71807
71808
71809
71810
71811
71812
71813
71814
71815
71816
71817
71818
71819
71820
71821
71822
71823
71824
71825
71826
71827
71828
71829
71830
71831
71832
71833
71834
71835
71836
71837
71838
71839
71840
71841
71842
case OP_ResetCount: {
  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
** the sorter cursor currently points to.  The final P4 fields of both
** the P3 and sorter record are ignored.
**
** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
**
** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
*/
case OP_SorterCompare: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  int nIgnore;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( isSorter(pC) );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  nIgnore = pOp->p4.i;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nIgnore, &res);
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
};








|



|
|











|





|
|







72247
72248
72249
72250
72251
72252
72253
72254
72255
72256
72257
72258
72259
72260
72261
72262
72263
72264
72265
72266
72267
72268
72269
72270
72271
72272
72273
72274
72275
72276
72277
72278
72279
72280
72281
72282
72283
72284
72285
case OP_ResetCount: {
  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
** the sorter cursor currently points to.  Only the first P4 fields
** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
**
** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
**
** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
*/
case OP_SorterCompare: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  int nKeyCol;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( isSorter(pC) );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
};

72008
72009
72010
72011
72012
72013
72014
72015
72016
72017
72018
72019




72020
72021
72022
72023
72024
72025
72026
72027
72028
72029
72030
72031
72032
72033
72034
72035
72036



72037
72038
72039
72040
72041
72042
72043
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.




*/
case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  res = 0;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;



  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}








|




>
>
>
>

















>
>
>







72451
72452
72453
72454
72455
72456
72457
72458
72459
72460
72461
72462
72463
72464
72465
72466
72467
72468
72469
72470
72471
72472
72473
72474
72475
72476
72477
72478
72479
72480
72481
72482
72483
72484
72485
72486
72487
72488
72489
72490
72491
72492
72493
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
*/
case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  res = 0;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
#endif
  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

72066
72067
72068
72069
72070
72071
72072




72073
72074
72075
72076
72077
72078
72079
72080
72081
72082
72083



72084
72085
72086
72087
72088
72089
72090
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.




*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
  res = 1;



  if( isSorter(pC) ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res);
  }else{
    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
    assert( pCrsr );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;







>
>
>
>











>
>
>







72516
72517
72518
72519
72520
72521
72522
72523
72524
72525
72526
72527
72528
72529
72530
72531
72532
72533
72534
72535
72536
72537
72538
72539
72540
72541
72542
72543
72544
72545
72546
72547
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the begining toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
  res = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind;
#endif
  if( isSorter(pC) ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res);
  }else{
    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
    assert( pCrsr );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
72102
72103
72104
72105
72106
72107
72108




72109
72110
72111
72112
72113
72114
72115
72116
72117
72118
72119
72120
72121
72122
72123
72124
72125
72126
72127
72128
72129
72130
72131
72132
72133
72134
72135
72136
72137





72138
72139
72140
72141
72142
72143
72144
72145
72146
72147
72148
72149
72150
72151
72152
72153
72154
72155
72156
72157
72158
72159
72160
72161

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.




**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreeNext().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
*/
/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**





** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
** not open then the behavior is undefined.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like OP_Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];







>
>
>
>



















|









>
>
>
>
>
















|







72559
72560
72561
72562
72563
72564
72565
72566
72567
72568
72569
72570
72571
72572
72573
72574
72575
72576
72577
72578
72579
72580
72581
72582
72583
72584
72585
72586
72587
72588
72589
72590
72591
72592
72593
72594
72595
72596
72597
72598
72599
72600
72601
72602
72603
72604
72605
72606
72607
72608
72609
72610
72611
72612
72613
72614
72615
72616
72617
72618
72619
72620
72621
72622
72623
72624
72625
72626
72627

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or
** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor.  Next is not allowed
** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreeNext().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
*/
/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
**
** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or
** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor.  Prev is not allowed
** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
** not open then the behavior is undefined.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
72178
72179
72180
72181
72182
72183
72184










72185
72186
72187
72188
72189
72190
72191
  assert( pC->pCursor );
  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
  testcase( res==1 );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);










  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
next_tail:
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
  if( res==0 ){
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







72644
72645
72646
72647
72648
72649
72650
72651
72652
72653
72654
72655
72656
72657
72658
72659
72660
72661
72662
72663
72664
72665
72666
72667
  assert( pC->pCursor );
  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
  testcase( res==1 );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);

  /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind.
  ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen
       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE
       || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen
       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE
       || pC->seekOp==OP_Last );

  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
next_tail:
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
  if( res==0 ){
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
72460
72461
72462
72463
72464
72465
72466
72467
72468
72469
72470
72471
72472
72473
72474
  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  if( iCnt>1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  }else{
    iDb = pOp->p3;
    assert( iCnt==1 );
    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
    iMoved = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only to silence a warning. */
    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);







|







72936
72937
72938
72939
72940
72941
72942
72943
72944
72945
72946
72947
72948
72949
72950
  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  if( iCnt>1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  }else{
    iDb = pOp->p3;
    assert( iCnt==1 );
    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
    iMoved = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only to silence a warning. */
    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);
72500
72501
72502
72503
72504
72505
72506
72507
72508
72509
72510
72511
72512
72513
72514
** See also: Destroy
*/
case OP_Clear: {
  int nChange;
 
  nChange = 0;
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
  );
  if( pOp->p3 ){
    p->nChange += nChange;
    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );







|







72976
72977
72978
72979
72980
72981
72982
72983
72984
72985
72986
72987
72988
72989
72990
** See also: Destroy
*/
case OP_Clear: {
  int nChange;
 
  nChange = 0;
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
  );
  if( pOp->p3 ){
    p->nChange += nChange;
    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
72570
72571
72572
72573
72574
72575
72576
72577
72578
72579
72580
72581
72582
72583
72584
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
  Db *pDb;

  pgno = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
    flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
  }else{







|







73046
73047
73048
73049
73050
73051
73052
73053
73054
73055
73056
73057
73058
73059
73060
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
  Db *pDb;

  pgno = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
    flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
  }else{
72658
72659
72660
72661
72662
72663
72664

72665
72666
72667
72668
72669
72670
72671
72672
72673
72674
72675
72676

72677
72678
72679
72680
72681
72682
72683
72684
72685
72686
72687
72688

72689
72690
72691
72692
72693
72694
72695
72696
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */

/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table

** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index

** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger

** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}








>
|











>
|











>
|







73134
73135
73136
73137
73138
73139
73140
73141
73142
73143
73144
73145
73146
73147
73148
73149
73150
73151
73152
73153
73154
73155
73156
73157
73158
73159
73160
73161
73162
73163
73164
73165
73166
73167
73168
73169
73170
73171
73172
73173
73174
73175
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */

/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode)
** in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

72735
72736
72737
72738
72739
72740
72741
72742
72743
72744
72745
72746
72747
72748
72749
  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
    aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
  }
  aRoot[j] = 0;
  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
                                 (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
  if( nErr==0 ){
    assert( z==0 );







|







73214
73215
73216
73217
73218
73219
73220
73221
73222
73223
73224
73225
73226
73227
73228
  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
    aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
  }
  aRoot[j] = 0;
  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) );
  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
                                 (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
  if( nErr==0 ){
    assert( z==0 );
73395
73396
73397
73398
73399
73400
73401
73402
73403
73404
73405
73406
73407
73408
73409
73410
73411
73412
73413
73414
73415
73416
73417
73418
73419


73420
73421
73422
73423
73424
73425
73426
73427
73428
73429
** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
**
** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
** (via sqlite3_step()).


** 
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
*/
case OP_Expire: {
  if( !pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }else{
    p->expired = 1;
  }







|














|
<
|
>
>


|







73874
73875
73876
73877
73878
73879
73880
73881
73882
73883
73884
73885
73886
73887
73888
73889
73890
73891
73892
73893
73894
73895
73896

73897
73898
73899
73900
73901
73902
73903
73904
73905
73906
73907
73908
73909
** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
**
** Cause precompiled statements to expire.  When an expired statement

** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically
** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2())
** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA.
** 
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is expired.
*/
case OP_Expire: {
  if( !pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }else{
    p->expired = 1;
  }
73447
73448
73449
73450
73451
73452
73453
73454
73455
73456
73457
73458
73459
73460
73461
** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
case OP_TableLock: {
  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 );
    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
    }
  }







|







73927
73928
73929
73930
73931
73932
73933
73934
73935
73936
73937
73938
73939
73940
73941
** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
case OP_TableLock: {
  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) );
    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
    }
  }
73897
73898
73899
73900
73901
73902
73903
73904
73905
73906
73907
73908
73909
73910
73911
    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
  zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
  if( zTrace ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      if( (MASKBIT(i) & p->btreeMask)==0 ) continue;
      sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
    }
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0







|







74377
74378
74379
74380
74381
74382
74383
74384
74385
74386
74387
74388
74389
74390
74391
    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
  zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
  if( zTrace ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, i)==0 ) continue;
      sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
    }
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
74887
74888
74889
74890
74891
74892
74893
74894
74895
74896
74897
74898
74899
74900
74901
74902
74903
74904
74905
74906
74907
74908
74909
74910
74911
74912
74913
74914
74915
74916
74917
74918
** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
**
** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
*/
static void vdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore the last nIgnore fields */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
  int i;

  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
  }

  if( nIgnore ){
    r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField - nIgnore;
    assert( r2->nField>0 );
    for(i=0; i<r2->nField; i++){
      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
        *pRes = -1;
        return;
      }
    }
    assert( r2->default_rc==0 );
  }







|













|
|
<
|







75367
75368
75369
75370
75371
75372
75373
75374
75375
75376
75377
75378
75379
75380
75381
75382
75383
75384
75385
75386
75387
75388
75389

75390
75391
75392
75393
75394
75395
75396
75397
** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
**
** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
*/
static void vdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
  int nKeyCol,                    /* Num of columns. 0 means "all" */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
  int i;

  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
  }

  if( nKeyCol ){
    r2->nField = nKeyCol;

    for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
        *pRes = -1;
        return;
      }
    }
    assert( r2->default_rc==0 );
  }
75586
75587
75588
75589
75590
75591
75592
75593
75594
75595
75596
75597
75598
75599
75600
75601
75602
75603
75604
75605
75606
75607
** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
** key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore this many fields at the end */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */

  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nIgnore, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 22







|






|







76065
76066
76067
76068
76069
76070
76071
76072
76073
76074
76075
76076
76077
76078
76079
76080
76081
76082
76083
76084
76085
76086
** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
** key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
  int nKeyCol,                    /* Only compare this many fields */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */

  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nKeyCol, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 22
79350
79351
79352
79353
79354
79355
79356
79357
79358
79359
79360
79361
79362
79363
79364
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if( eType==0 ){
    /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
    */
    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
    if( prNotFound ){
      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;







|







79829
79830
79831
79832
79833
79834
79835
79836
79837
79838
79839
79840
79841
79842
79843
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if( eType==0 ){
    /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
    */
    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
    if( prNotFound ){
      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
79480
79481
79482
79483
79484
79485
79486

79487
79488
79489
79490
79491
79492
79493
79494


79495
79496
79497
79498
79499
79500
79501
79502
79503
79504
79505
79506
79507

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */

        SelectDest dest;
        ExprList *pEList;

        assert( !isRowid );
        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;


        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
          return 0;
        }
        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
        assert( pEList!=0 );
        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){







>







|
>
>

|



|







79959
79960
79961
79962
79963
79964
79965
79966
79967
79968
79969
79970
79971
79972
79973
79974
79975
79976
79977
79978
79979
79980
79981
79982
79983
79984
79985
79986
79987
79988
79989

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */
        Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect;
        SelectDest dest;
        ExprList *pEList;

        assert( !isRowid );
        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        pSelect->iLimit = 0;
        testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct );
        pSelect->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){
          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
          return 0;
        }
        pEList = pSelect->pEList;
        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
        assert( pEList!=0 );
        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
79801
79802
79803
79804
79805
79806
79807
79808
79809
79810
79811
79812
79813
79814
79815
79816
79817






79818

79819
79820
79821
79822
79823
79824
79825
    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
  }else{
    int c;
    i64 value;
    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
    assert( z!=0 );
    c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
      char *zV;
      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
    }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
#else






      codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);

#endif
    }
  }
}

/*
** Clear a cache entry.







|









>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







80283
80284
80285
80286
80287
80288
80289
80290
80291
80292
80293
80294
80295
80296
80297
80298
80299
80300
80301
80302
80303
80304
80305
80306
80307
80308
80309
80310
80311
80312
80313
80314
    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
  }else{
    int c;
    i64 value;
    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
    assert( z!=0 );
    c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value);
    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
      char *zV;
      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
    }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
#else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s", z);
      }else
#endif
      {
        codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
      }
#endif
    }
  }
}

/*
** Clear a cache entry.
83184
83185
83186
83187
83188
83189
83190
83191
83192
83193
83194




83195
83196
83197
83198
83199

83200
83201
83202
83203
83204
83205
83206
#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}

/*
** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
** are:
**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk
**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk
**     C:    The number of rows in the index
**




** C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
**
** For ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for WITHOUT ROWID tables,
** N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the primary key.  For the
** covering index that implements the original WITHOUT ROWID table, N==K.

**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,







|
|
|

>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
>







83673
83674
83675
83676
83677
83678
83679
83680
83681
83682
83683
83684
83685
83686
83687
83688
83689
83690
83691
83692
83693
83694
83695
83696
83697
83698
83699
83700
#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}

/*
** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
** are:
**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
**     C:    The number of rows in the index (note 2)
**
** Note 1:  In the special case of the covering index that implements a
** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
** total number of columns in the table.
**
** Note 2:  C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
**
** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
83502
83503
83504
83505
83506
83507
83508
83509



83510
83511
83512
83513
83514
83515
83516
** Arguments:
**
**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
** The SQL function always returns NULL.



**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
static void statPush(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv







|
>
>
>







83996
83997
83998
83999
84000
84001
84002
84003
84004
84005
84006
84007
84008
84009
84010
84011
84012
84013
** Arguments:
**
**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
** This SQL function always returns NULL.  It's purpose it to accumulate
** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
** index being analyzed.  The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
static void statPush(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
83596
83597
83598
83599
83600
83601
83602
83603



83604
83605
83606
83607
83608
83609
83610
#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query the results.  Content is returned for parameter J



** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/







|
>
>
>







84093
84094
84095
84096
84097
84098
84099
84100
84101
84102
84103
84104
84105
84106
84107
84108
84109
84110
#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push().  The P parameter
** is a BLOB which is decoded into a pointer to the Stat4Accum objects.
** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/
83815
83816
83817
83818
83819
83820
83821
83822
83823
83824
83825
83826
83827

83828
83829
83830
83831
83832
83833

83834
83835
83836

83837
83838
83839
83840
83841
83842
83843
83844
83845
83846
  iTabCur = iTab++;
  iIdxCur = iTab++;
  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */
    int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
    int addrGotoChng0;            /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */
    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */


    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
      zIdxName = pTab->zName;

    }else{
      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;

    }
    aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1));
    if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;

    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));

    /*
    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():







|
<

<


>






>



>

<
<







84315
84316
84317
84318
84319
84320
84321
84322

84323

84324
84325
84326
84327
84328
84329
84330
84331
84332
84333
84334
84335
84336
84337
84338


84339
84340
84341
84342
84343
84344
84345
  iTabCur = iTab++;
  iIdxCur = iTab++;
  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */

    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */

    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
    int nColTest;                 /* Number of columns to test for changes */

    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
      nColTest = nCol - 1;
    }else{
      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
      nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1;
    }



    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));

    /*
    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
83861
83862
83863
83864
83865
83866
83867
83868
83869
83870
83871
83872
83873
83874
83875
83876
83877
83878
83879
83880
83881
83882
83883
83884
83885
83886
83887
83888
83889
83890
83891


83892
83893

83894
83895
83896
83897
83898
83899
83900
83901
    **
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    **
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    **
    **  end_of_scan:
    */

    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol);

    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));

    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
    ** 
    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid,


    **    (2) the number of rows in the index,
    **

    ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
#endif
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);







|












|









|
>
>
|

>
|







84360
84361
84362
84363
84364
84365
84366
84367
84368
84369
84370
84371
84372
84373
84374
84375
84376
84377
84378
84379
84380
84381
84382
84383
84384
84385
84386
84387
84388
84389
84390
84391
84392
84393
84394
84395
84396
84397
84398
84399
84400
84401
84402
84403
    **
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    **
    **  endDistinctTest:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    **
    **  end_of_scan:
    */

    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);

    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));

    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
    ** 
    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
    **        (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
    **    (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
    **    (3) the number of rows in the index,
    **
    **
    ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
#endif
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
83909
83910
83911
83912
83913
83914
83915
83916
83917
83918
83919
83920
83921
83922
83923
83924
83925
83926
83927
83928


























83929
83930
83931
83932
83933
83934
83935
83936
83937
83938
83939

83940
83941
83942
83943
83944
83945
83946
83947
83948
83949
83950
83951
83952


83953

83954
83955
83956
83957
83958
83959
83960
83961
83962
83963
83964
83965
83966
83967
83968
    **   regChng = 0
    **   goto next_push_0;
    **
    */
    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
    addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);

    /*
    **  next_row:
    **   regChng = 0
    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
    **   regChng = 1
    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
    **   ...
    **   regChng = N
    **   goto chng_addr_N
    */
    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);


























    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
      aGotoChng[i] = 
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regChng);
    aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);


    /*
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
    }




    /*
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[nCol]);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
    }else{
      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
      int j, k, regKey;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>







<







84411
84412
84413
84414
84415
84416
84417












84418
84419
84420
84421
84422
84423
84424
84425
84426
84427
84428
84429
84430
84431
84432
84433
84434
84435
84436
84437
84438
84439
84440
84441
84442
84443
84444
84445
84446
84447
84448
84449
84450
84451
84452
84453
84454
84455
84456
84457
84458
84459
84460
84461
84462
84463
84464
84465
84466
84467
84468
84469
84470
84471
84472
84473
84474
84475
84476
84477
84478
84479
84480

84481
84482
84483
84484
84485
84486
84487
    **   regChng = 0
    **   goto next_push_0;
    **
    */
    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);












    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);

    if( nColTest>0 ){
      int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
      aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest);
      if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;

      /*
      **  next_row:
      **   regChng = 0
      **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
      **   regChng = 1
      **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
      **   ...
      **   regChng = N
      **   goto endDistinctTest
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
      addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
        /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
        ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip 
        ** subsequent distinctness tests. */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
        char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
        aGotoChng[i] = 
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endDistinctTest);
  
  
      /*
      **  chng_addr_0:
      **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
      **  chng_addr_1:
      **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
      **  ...
      */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1);
      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
    }
  
    /*
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
    }else{
      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
      int j, k, regKey;
84032
84033
84034
84035
84036
84037
84038
84039
84040
84041
84042
84043
84044
84045
84046
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

    /* End of analysis */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
  }


  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){







<







84551
84552
84553
84554
84555
84556
84557

84558
84559
84560
84561
84562
84563
84564
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

    /* End of analysis */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);

  }


  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
84133
84134
84135
84136
84137
84138
84139

84140
84141
84142
84143
84144
84145
84146
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;
  int i;
  char *z, *zDb;
  Table *pTab;
  Index *pIdx;
  Token *pTableName;


  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }







>







84651
84652
84653
84654
84655
84656
84657
84658
84659
84660
84661
84662
84663
84664
84665
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;
  int i;
  char *z, *zDb;
  Table *pTab;
  Index *pIdx;
  Token *pTableName;
  Vdbe *v;

  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }
84180
84181
84182
84183
84184
84185
84186


84187
84188
84189
84190
84191
84192
84193
        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
        }
        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
      }
    }   
  }


}

/*
** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
** callback routine.
*/
typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;







>
>







84699
84700
84701
84702
84703
84704
84705
84706
84707
84708
84709
84710
84711
84712
84713
84714
        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
        }
        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
      }
    }   
  }
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
}

/*
** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
** callback routine.
*/
typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
84238
84239
84240
84241
84242
84243
84244
84245

84246
84247
84248
84249
84250
84251
84252







84253
84254
84255
84256
84257
84258
84259
    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  assert( pIndex!=0 );
#else
  if( pIndex )
#endif
  {

    if( strcmp(z, "unordered")==0 ){
      pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
    }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
      int v32 = 0;
      sqlite3GetInt32(z+3, &v32);
      pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(v32);
    }







  }
}

/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.  
**







<
>
|


<
<
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>







84759
84760
84761
84762
84763
84764
84765

84766
84767
84768
84769


84770
84771
84772
84773
84774
84775
84776
84777
84778
84779
84780
84781
84782
84783
84784
84785
    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  assert( pIndex!=0 );
#else
  if( pIndex )
#endif

  while( z[0] ){
    if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){
      pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
    }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){


      pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3));
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
    else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){
      pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9));
    }
#endif
    while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++;
    while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
  }
}

/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.  
**
84286
84287
84288
84289
84290
84291
84292

84293
84294
84295
84296
84297



84298
84299
84300
84301
84302
84303
84304
    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
  }else{
    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
  }
  z = argv[2];

  if( pIndex ){

    decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
  }else{
    Index fakeIdx;
    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;



    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
  }

  return 0;
}








>





>
>
>







84812
84813
84814
84815
84816
84817
84818
84819
84820
84821
84822
84823
84824
84825
84826
84827
84828
84829
84830
84831
84832
84833
84834
    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
  }else{
    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
  }
  z = argv[2];

  if( pIndex ){
    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
    decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
  }else{
    Index fakeIdx;
    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
    fakeIdx.pTable = pTable;
#endif
    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
  }

  return 0;
}

85566
85567
85568
85569
85570
85571
85572













85573
85574
85575
85576
85577
85578
85579
                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
  }
}
#else
  #define codeTableLocks(x)
#endif














/*
** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
** parse.
**







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







86096
86097
86098
86099
86100
86101
86102
86103
86104
86105
86106
86107
86108
86109
86110
86111
86112
86113
86114
86115
86116
86117
86118
86119
86120
86121
86122
                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
  }
}
#else
  #define codeTableLocks(x)
#endif

/*
** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no
** 1 bits.  This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero()
** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(yDbMask); i++) if( m[i] ) return 0;
  return 1;
}
#endif

/*
** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
** parse.
**
85602
85603
85604
85605
85606
85607
85608
85609
85610

85611
85612
85613
85614
85615
85616
85617
85618
85619
85620
85621
85622
85623
85624
85625
85626
85627

    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (pParse->cookieMask || pParse->pConstExpr) ){
      yDbMask mask;

      int iDb, i;
      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
          iDb,                               /* P1 */
          (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0,     /* P2 */
          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
        );
        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){







|
|
>



|
|




|







86145
86146
86147
86148
86149
86150
86151
86152
86153
86154
86155
86156
86157
86158
86159
86160
86161
86162
86163
86164
86165
86166
86167
86168
86169
86170
86171

    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
    if( db->mallocFailed==0 
     && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
    ){
      int iDb, i;
      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
      for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
        if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue;
        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
          iDb,                               /* P1 */
          DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */
          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
        );
        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
85669
85670
85671
85672
85673
85674
85675
85676
85677
85678
85679
85680
85681
85682
85683
  }else{
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  pParse->nTab = 0;
  pParse->nMem = 0;
  pParse->nSet = 0;
  pParse->nVar = 0;
  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
}

/*
** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization







|







86213
86214
86215
86216
86217
86218
86219
86220
86221
86222
86223
86224
86225
86226
86227
  }else{
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  pParse->nTab = 0;
  pParse->nMem = 0;
  pParse->nSet = 0;
  pParse->nVar = 0;
  DbMaskZero(pParse->cookieMask);
}

/*
** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
88151
88152
88153
88154
88155
88156
88157
88158
88159
88160
88161
88162
88163
88164
88165
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){
    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);







|







88695
88696
88697
88698
88699
88700
88701
88702
88703
88704
88705
88706
88707
88708
88709
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){
    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
89296
89297
89298
89299
89300
89301
89302
89303
89304
89305
89306
89307
89308
89309
89310
89311
89312
89313
89314
89315
89316
89317
89318
** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
  yDbMask mask;

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
  if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
    pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
    }
  }
}








<





<
|
|







89840
89841
89842
89843
89844
89845
89846

89847
89848
89849
89850
89851

89852
89853
89854
89855
89856
89857
89858
89859
89860
** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;


  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );

  if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){
    DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb);
    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
    }
  }
}

89343
89344
89345
89346
89347
89348
89349
89350
89351
89352
89353
89354
89355
89356
89357
** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
}

/*
** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)







|







89885
89886
89887
89888
89889
89890
89891
89892
89893
89894
89895
89896
89897
89898
89899
** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb);
  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
}

/*
** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
98031
98032
98033
98034
98035
98036
98037
98038
98039
98040
98041
98042
98043
98044
98045
** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){
                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
  int i, n;
  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){







|







98573
98574
98575
98576
98577
98578
98579
98580
98581
98582
98583
98584
98585
98586
98587
** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){
                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
  int i, n;
  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
98053
98054
98055
98056
98057
98058
98059
98060
98061
98062
98063
98064
98065
98066
98067
  }
  return dflt;
}

/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, int dflt){
  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
}

/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
*/







|







98595
98596
98597
98598
98599
98600
98601
98602
98603
98604
98605
98606
98607
98608
98609
  }
  return dflt;
}

/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, u8 dflt){
  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
}

/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
*/
98599
98600
98601
98602
98603
98604
98605
98606
98607
98608
98609
98610
98611
98612
98613
  **
  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
  */
  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
    i64 iLimit = -2;
    if( zRight ){
      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8);
      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
    }
    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
    break;
  }








|







99141
99142
99143
99144
99145
99146
99147
99148
99149
99150
99151
99152
99153
99154
99155
  **
  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
  */
  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
    i64 iLimit = -2;
    if( zRight ){
      sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit);
      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
    }
    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
    break;
  }

98727
98728
98729
98730
98731
98732
98733
98734
98735
98736
98737
98738
98739
98740
98741
  */
  case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
    sqlite3_int64 sz;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( zRight ){
      int ii;
      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &sz, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8);
      if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
      if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
      for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
        if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
          sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
        }
      }







|







99269
99270
99271
99272
99273
99274
99275
99276
99277
99278
99279
99280
99281
99282
99283
  */
  case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
    sqlite3_int64 sz;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( zRight ){
      int ii;
      sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz);
      if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
      if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
      for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
        if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
          sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
        }
      }
99770
99771
99772
99773
99774
99775
99776
99777
99778
99779
99780
99781
99782
99783
99784
  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
  **
  ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N).  Return the result.  If N is omitted,
  ** use -1.
  */
  case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
    sqlite3_int64 N;
    if( zRight && sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &N, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
    }
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit",  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
    break;
  }

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)







|







100312
100313
100314
100315
100316
100317
100318
100319
100320
100321
100322
100323
100324
100325
100326
  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
  **
  ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N).  Return the result.  If N is omitted,
  ** use -1.
  */
  case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
    sqlite3_int64 N;
    if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
    }
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit",  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
    break;
  }

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
112243
112244
112245
112246
112247
112248
112249
112250

112251
112252
112253
112254
112255
112256
112257
){
  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int nLower = -1;
  int nUpper = p->nSample+1;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[ p->aiColumn[nEq] ].affinity;

  CollSeq *pColl;
  
  sqlite3_value *p1 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pLower */
  sqlite3_value *p2 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pUpper */
  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* Value extracted from record */

  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]);







|
>







112785
112786
112787
112788
112789
112790
112791
112792
112793
112794
112795
112796
112797
112798
112799
112800
){
  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int nLower = -1;
  int nUpper = p->nSample+1;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCol = p->aiColumn[nEq];
  u8 aff = iCol>=0 ? p->pTable->aCol[iCol].affinity : SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
  CollSeq *pColl;
  
  sqlite3_value *p1 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pLower */
  sqlite3_value *p2 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pUpper */
  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* Value extracted from record */

  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]);
113618
113619
113620
113621
113622
113623
113624

113625
113626
113627
113628
113629
113630
113631
    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */

    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
   
    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
    assert( pTerm!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );







>







114161
114162
114163
114164
114165
114166
114167
114168
114169
114170
114171
114172
114173
114174
114175
    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */
    u16 wctrlFlags;                    /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */
    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
   
    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
    assert( pTerm!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
113713
113714
113715
113716
113717
113718
113719


113720
113721
113722
113723
113724
113725
113726
113727
113728
113729
113730
113731
113732
113733
113734
113735
113736
113737
113738
113739
113740
      }
    }

    /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause.  After
    ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
    ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
    */


    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;           /* Info for single OR-term scan */
        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
        int j1 = 0;                     /* Address of jump operation */
        if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
        }
        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY |
                        WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY, iCovCur);
        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
        if( pSubWInfo ){
          WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
          explainOneScan(
              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
          );
          /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body.  First skip over







>
>












<
|







114257
114258
114259
114260
114261
114262
114263
114264
114265
114266
114267
114268
114269
114270
114271
114272
114273
114274
114275
114276
114277

114278
114279
114280
114281
114282
114283
114284
114285
      }
    }

    /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause.  After
    ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
    ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
    */
    wctrlFlags =  WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY |
                  WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY;
    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;           /* Info for single OR-term scan */
        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
        int j1 = 0;                     /* Address of jump operation */
        if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
        }
        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,

                                      wctrlFlags, iCovCur);
        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
        if( pSubWInfo ){
          WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
          explainOneScan(
              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
          );
          /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body.  First skip over
113817
113818
113819
113820
113821
113822
113823

113824
113825
113826
113827
113828
113829
113830
          assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
          if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
           && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
           && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
          ){
            assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
            pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;

          }else{
            pCov = 0;
          }

          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
        }







>







114362
114363
114364
114365
114366
114367
114368
114369
114370
114371
114372
114373
114374
114375
114376
          assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
          if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
           && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
           && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
          ){
            assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
            pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
            wctrlFlags |= WHERE_REOPEN_IDX;
          }else{
            pCov = 0;
          }

          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
        }
114423
114424
114425
114426
114427
114428
114429










114430
114431
114432
114433
114434
114435
114436
    }
    if( j<0 ){
      pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1);
    }
  }
}











/*
** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the 
** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
**
** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the 
** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq 
** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







114969
114970
114971
114972
114973
114974
114975
114976
114977
114978
114979
114980
114981
114982
114983
114984
114985
114986
114987
114988
114989
114990
114991
114992
    }
    if( j<0 ){
      pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T.  This only occurs if
** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)  C += T
#else
# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T)
#endif

/*
** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the 
** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
**
** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the 
** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq 
** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this 
114619
114620
114621
114622
114623
114624
114625
114626
114627
114628
114629
114630
114631
114632
114633
          if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){
            testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
            testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
            rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
          }else{
            rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
          }
          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nOut>0 );
          if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;          /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
          if( nOut ){
            pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
            if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
            pNew->nOut -= nIn;
          }







<







115175
115176
115177
115178
115179
115180
115181

115182
115183
115184
115185
115186
115187
115188
          if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){
            testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
            testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
            rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
          }else{
            rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
          }

          if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;          /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
          if( nOut ){
            pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
            if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
            pNew->nOut -= nIn;
          }
114651
114652
114653
114654
114655
114656
114657

114658
114659
114660
114661
114662
114663
114664
    ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
    ** visiting the rows in the main table.  */
    rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
    pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
    if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
    }


    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew);
    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);








>







115206
115207
115208
115209
115210
115211
115212
115213
115214
115215
115216
115217
115218
115219
115220
    ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
    ** visiting the rows in the main table.  */
    rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
    pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
    if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
    }
    ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult);

    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew);
    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);

114770
114771
114772
114773
114774
114775
114776








114777
114778
114779
114780
114781
114782
114783
**
**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit)          // covering index
**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit)    // non-covering index
**
** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the 
** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when 
** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.








*/
static int whereLoopAddBtree(
  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
  Bitmask mExtra              /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
){
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;          /* WHERE analysis context */
  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







115326
115327
115328
115329
115330
115331
115332
115333
115334
115335
115336
115337
115338
115339
115340
115341
115342
115343
115344
115345
115346
115347
**
**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit)          // covering index
**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit)    // non-covering index
**
** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the 
** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when 
** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
**
** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount
** of uncertainty.  For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that
** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate.  For example, a
** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to
** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case
** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance
** of a full table scan.
*/
static int whereLoopAddBtree(
  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
  Bitmask mExtra              /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
){
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;          /* WHERE analysis context */
  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
114857
114858
114859
114860
114861
114862
114863

114864
114865
114866
114867
114868
114869
114870
        pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
        pNew->nLTerm = 1;
        pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
        ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
        ** the table being indexed. */
        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28;  assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) );

        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
        ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;







>







115421
115422
115423
115424
115425
115426
115427
115428
115429
115430
115431
115432
115433
115434
115435
        pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
        pNew->nLTerm = 1;
        pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
        ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
        ** the table being indexed. */
        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28;  assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) );
        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult);
        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
        ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
114898
114899
114900
114901
114902
114903
114904

114905
114906
114907
114908
114909
114910
114911
      /* Integer primary key index */
      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;

      /* Full table scan */
      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;

      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
      pNew->nOut = rSize;
      if( rc ) break;
    }else{
      Bitmask m;
      if( pProbe->isCovering ){







>







115463
115464
115465
115466
115467
115468
115469
115470
115471
115472
115473
115474
115475
115476
115477
      /* Integer primary key index */
      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;

      /* Full table scan */
      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
      ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
      pNew->nOut = rSize;
      if( rc ) break;
    }else{
      Bitmask m;
      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
114933
114934
114935
114936
114937
114938
114939
114940
114941
114942
114943
114944
114945
114946
114947
        ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
        if( m!=0 ){
          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
        }

        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
        pNew->nOut = rSize;
        if( rc ) break;
      }
    }








|







115499
115500
115501
115502
115503
115504
115505
115506
115507
115508
115509
115510
115511
115512
115513
        ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
        if( m!=0 ){
          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
        }
        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
        pNew->nOut = rSize;
        if( rc ) break;
      }
    }

116408
116409
116410
116411
116412
116413
116414

116415
116416
116417
116418
116419
116420
116421
          iIndexCur++;
          pJ = pJ->pNext;
        }
        op = OP_OpenWrite;
        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
      }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){
        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;

      }else{
        iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
      }
      pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
      if( op ){







>







116974
116975
116976
116977
116978
116979
116980
116981
116982
116983
116984
116985
116986
116987
116988
          iIndexCur++;
          pJ = pJ->pNext;
        }
        op = OP_OpenWrite;
        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
      }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){
        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
        if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_REOPEN_IDX ) op = OP_ReopenIdx;
      }else{
        iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
      }
      pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
      if( op ){
120732
120733
120734
120735
120736
120737
120738






120739
120740
120741
120742
120743
120744
120745
    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;






      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      if( z[i]=='.' ){
        i++;
        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
      }







>
>
>
>
>
>







121299
121300
121301
121302
121303
121304
121305
121306
121307
121308
121309
121310
121311
121312
121313
121314
121315
121316
121317
121318
    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
      if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){
        for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
        return i;
      }
#endif
      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      if( z[i]=='.' ){
        i++;
        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
      }
122408
122409
122410
122411
122412
122413
122414
122415
122416
122417
122418
122419
122420
122421
122422
  }
}

/*
** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
** specified in the argument.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
  const char *zName = 0;
  int i, origRc = rc;
  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
    switch( rc ){
      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;







|







122981
122982
122983
122984
122985
122986
122987
122988
122989
122990
122991
122992
122993
122994
122995
  }
}

/*
** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
** specified in the argument.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
  const char *zName = 0;
  int i, origRc = rc;
  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
    switch( rc ){
      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
123453
123454
123455
123456
123457
123458
123459
123460
123461
123462
123463
123464
123465
123466
123467
123468
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62
# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
#endif







|
|







124026
124027
124028
124029
124030
124031
124032
124033
124034
124035
124036
124037
124038
124039
124040
124041
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125
# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
#endif
124713
124714
124715
124716
124717
124718
124719










124720
124721
124722
124723
124724
124725
124726
      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
#endif
      break;
    }











  }
  va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
  return rc;
}

/*







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







125286
125287
125288
125289
125290
125291
125292
125293
125294
125295
125296
125297
125298
125299
125300
125301
125302
125303
125304
125305
125306
125307
125308
125309
      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
#endif
      break;
    }

    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT);
    **
    ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
    ** not.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      break;
    }

  }
  va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
  return rc;
}

/*
124761
124762
124763
124764
124765
124766
124767
124768
124769
124770
124771
124772
124773
124774
124775
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
){
  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
  sqlite3_int64 v;
  if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
    bDflt = v;
  }
  return bDflt;
}

/*
** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.







|







125344
125345
125346
125347
125348
125349
125350
125351
125352
125353
125354
125355
125356
125357
125358
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
){
  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
  sqlite3_int64 v;
  if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==SQLITE_OK ){
    bDflt = v;
  }
  return bDflt;
}

/*
** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.
126292
126293
126294
126295
126296
126297
126298
126299
126300
126301
126302
126303
126304
126305
126306
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);

/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);

/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
#endif

#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */







|







126875
126876
126877
126878
126879
126880
126881
126882
126883
126884
126885
126886
126887
126888
126889
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);

/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);

/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
#endif

#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
129762
129763
129764
129765
129766
129767
129768
129769
129770
129771
129772
129773
129774
129775
129776
129777
129778
129779
129780
129781
129782
129783
129784
129785
129786
129787
129788
129789
129790
129791
129792
129793
129794
129795
129796
129797
129798
129799
129800
129801
129802
129803
**
** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
** And so on.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif

/*
** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
#endif







|

















|








|







130345
130346
130347
130348
130349
130350
130351
130352
130353
130354
130355
130356
130357
130358
130359
130360
130361
130362
130363
130364
130365
130366
130367
130368
130369
130370
130371
130372
130373
130374
130375
130376
130377
130378
130379
130380
130381
130382
130383
130384
130385
130386
**
** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
** And so on.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif

/*
** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
#endif
129817
129818
129819
129820
129821
129822
129823
129824
129825
129826
129827
129828
129829
129830
129831
  }

  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
#endif
    ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;







|







130400
130401
130402
130403
130404
130405
130406
130407
130408
130409
130410
130411
130412
130413
130414
  }

  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
#endif
    ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
143077
143078
143079
143080
143081
143082
143083
143084
143085
143086
143087
143088
143089
143090
143091
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */







|







143660
143661
143662
143663
143664
143665
143666
143667
143668
143669
143670
143671
143672
143673
143674
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */
143293
143294
143295
143296
143297
143298
143299
143300
143301
143302
143303
143304
143305
143306
143307
  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
    const char *z = azArg[i];
    int n = strlen(z);

    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
    }
    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
    }







|







143876
143877
143878
143879
143880
143881
143882
143883
143884
143885
143886
143887
143888
143889
143890
  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
    const char *z = azArg[i];
    int n = (int)strlen(z);

    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
    }
    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
    }
143425
143426
143427
143428
143429
143430
143431
143432
143433
143434
143435
143436
143437
143438
143439
143440
143441
143442
143443
    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
  );

  /* Set the output variables and return. */
  pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput);
  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
  *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken;
  *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput);
  *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
** structure for the unicode tokenizer.







|

|
|
|







144008
144009
144010
144011
144012
144013
144014
144015
144016
144017
144018
144019
144020
144021
144022
144023
144024
144025
144026
    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
  );

  /* Set the output variables and return. */
  pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput);
  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
  *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken);
  *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput);
  *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
143452
143453
143454
143455
143456
143457
143458
143459
143460
143461
143462
143463
143464
143465
143466
143467
143468
143469
143470
143471
143472
143473
143474
143475
143476
143477
143478
143479
143480
143481
143482
143483
143484
143485
143486
143487
    unicodeNext,
    0,
  };
  *ppModule = &module;
}

#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */

/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
/*
** 2012 May 25
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
*/

/*
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)

/* #include <assert.h> */

/*
** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.







|




















|







144035
144036
144037
144038
144039
144040
144041
144042
144043
144044
144045
144046
144047
144048
144049
144050
144051
144052
144053
144054
144055
144056
144057
144058
144059
144060
144061
144062
144063
144064
144065
144066
144067
144068
144069
144070
    unicodeNext,
    0,
  };
  *ppModule = &module;
}

#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */

/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
/*
** 2012 May 25
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
*/

/*
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)

/* #include <assert.h> */

/*
** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
143820
143821
143822
143823
143824
143825
143826
143827
143828
143829
143830
143831
143832
143833
143834
  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
    ret = c + 40;
  }

  return ret;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */

/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of







|







144403
144404
144405
144406
144407
144408
144409
144410
144411
144412
144413
144414
144415
144416
144417
  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
    ret = c + 40;
  }

  return ret;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */

/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
145357
145358
145359
145360
145361
145362
145363

145364
145365


145366

145367
145368
145369
145370
145371
145372
145373
  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
  int ii;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCell = 0;

  rtreeReference(pRtree);


  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;




  if( idxNum==1 ){
    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
    i64 iNode = 0;
    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);







>

|
>
>

>







145940
145941
145942
145943
145944
145945
145946
145947
145948
145949
145950
145951
145952
145953
145954
145955
145956
145957
145958
145959
145960
  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
  int ii;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCell = 0;

  rtreeReference(pRtree);

  /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
  pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;

  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
  if( idxNum==1 ){
    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
    i64 iNode = 0;
    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);